ASTContext.cpp revision b8409215523e5478b8b0aa9cdcd10038cf7651fe
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 93 return NULL; 94 } 95 96 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 98 return NULL; 99 } 100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 104 return NULL; 105 } 106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 111 // documentation. 112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 115 return NULL; 116 117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 118 119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 120 if (RawComments.empty()) 121 return NULL; 122 123 // Find declaration location. 124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 126 // location". 127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 129 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 135 else 136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 137 138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 139 // can't find the comment. 140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 141 return NULL; 142 143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 145 { 146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 148 // first. 149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 156 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 158 } 159 160 if (Found) { 161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 164 } else { 165 // Slow path. 166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 168 } 169 } 170 171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 172 // file buffer. 173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 174 175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 187 return *Comment; 188 } 189 } 190 191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 192 // Let's look at the previous comment. 193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 194 return NULL; 195 --Comment; 196 197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 199 return NULL; 200 201 // Decompose the end of the comment. 202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 204 205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 206 // aren't related. 207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 208 return NULL; 209 210 // Get the corresponding buffer. 211 bool Invalid = false; 212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 213 &Invalid).data(); 214 if (Invalid) 215 return NULL; 216 217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 220 221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 222 // comment and declaration. 223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 224 return NULL; 225 226 return *Comment; 227} 228 229namespace { 230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 231/// refer to the actual template. 232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 237 return FTD; 238 239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 241 return D; 242 243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 250 return MemberDecl; 251 252 return D; 253 } 254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 256 // template? 257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 259 return MemberDecl; 260 261 return D; 262 } 263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 266 return CTD; 267 268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 269 // specialization? 270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 273 return D; 274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 279 static_cast<const Decl*>( 280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 281 } 282 283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 287 288 return D; 289 } 290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 293 return MemberDecl; 294 295 return D; 296 } 297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 298 return D; 299} 300} // unnamed namespace 301 302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 303 const Decl *D, 304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 306 307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 308 { 309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 310 RedeclComments.find(D); 311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 314 if (OriginalDecl) 315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 316 return Raw.getRaw(); 317 } 318 } 319 } 320 321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 322 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 325 E = D->redecls_end(); 326 I != E; ++I) { 327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 328 RedeclComments.find(*I); 329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 332 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 334 break; 335 } 336 } else { 337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 340 if (RC) { 341 Raw.setRaw(RC); 342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 343 } else 344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 347 if (RC) 348 break; 349 } 350 } 351 352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 354 355 if (OriginalDecl) 356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 357 358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 360 Raw.setRaw(RC); 361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 363 364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 365 E = D->redecls_end(); 366 I != E; ++I) { 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 369 R = Raw; 370 } 371 372 return RC; 373} 374 375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 380 if (!ID) 381 return; 382 // Add redeclared method here. 383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 391 } 392 } 393} 394 395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 396 const Decl *D) const { 397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 400 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 402 comments::FullComment *CFC = 403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 404 ThisDeclInfo); 405 return CFC; 406 407} 408 409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 410 const Decl *D, 411 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 412 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 413 414 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 415 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 416 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 417 418 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 419 if (Canonical != D) { 420 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 421 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 422 return CFC; 423 } 424 return Pos->second; 425 } 426 427 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 428 429 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 430 if (!RC) { 431 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 432 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 433 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 434 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 435 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 436 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 437 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 438 if (OMD) 439 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 440 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 441 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 442 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 443 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 444 } 445 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 446 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 447 // does not have one of its own. 448 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 449 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 450 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 451 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 452 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 453 } 454 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 455 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 456 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 457 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 458 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 459 } 460 } 461 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 462 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 463 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 464 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 465 } 466 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 467 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 468 return NULL; 469 // Check non-virtual bases. 470 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 471 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 472 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 473 continue; 474 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 475 if (Ty.isNull()) 476 continue; 477 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 478 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 479 continue; 480 481 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 482 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 483 } 484 } 485 // Check virtual bases. 486 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 487 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 488 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 489 continue; 490 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 491 if (Ty.isNull()) 492 continue; 493 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 494 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 495 continue; 496 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 497 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 498 } 499 } 500 } 501 return NULL; 502 } 503 504 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 505 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 506 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 507 // different across redeclarations. 508 if (D != OriginalDecl) 509 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 510 511 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 512 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 513 return FC; 514} 515 516void 517ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 518 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 519 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 520 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 521 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 522 523 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 524 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 525 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 526 PEnd = Params->end(); 527 P != PEnd; ++P) { 528 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 529 ID.AddInteger(0); 530 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 531 continue; 532 } 533 534 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 535 ID.AddInteger(1); 536 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 537 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 538 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 539 ID.AddBoolean(true); 540 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 541 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 542 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 543 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 544 } 545 } else 546 ID.AddBoolean(false); 547 continue; 548 } 549 550 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 551 ID.AddInteger(2); 552 Profile(ID, TTP); 553 } 554} 555 556TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 557ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 558 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 559 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 560 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 561 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 562 void *InsertPos = 0; 563 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 564 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 565 if (Canonical) 566 return Canonical->getParam(); 567 568 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 569 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 570 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 571 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 572 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 573 PEnd = Params->end(); 574 P != PEnd; ++P) { 575 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 576 CanonParams.push_back( 577 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 578 SourceLocation(), 579 SourceLocation(), 580 TTP->getDepth(), 581 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 582 TTP->isParameterPack())); 583 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 584 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 585 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 586 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 587 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 588 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 589 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 590 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 591 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 592 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 593 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 594 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 595 } 596 597 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 598 SourceLocation(), 599 SourceLocation(), 600 NTTP->getDepth(), 601 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 602 T, 603 TInfo, 604 ExpandedTypes.data(), 605 ExpandedTypes.size(), 606 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 607 } else { 608 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 609 SourceLocation(), 610 SourceLocation(), 611 NTTP->getDepth(), 612 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 613 T, 614 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 615 TInfo); 616 } 617 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 618 619 } else 620 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 621 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 622 } 623 624 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 625 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 626 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 627 TTP->getPosition(), 628 TTP->isParameterPack(), 629 0, 630 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 631 SourceLocation(), 632 CanonParams.data(), 633 CanonParams.size(), 634 SourceLocation())); 635 636 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 637 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 638 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 639 (void)Canonical; 640 641 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 642 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 643 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 644 return CanonTTP; 645} 646 647CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 648 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 649 650 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 651 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 652 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 653 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 654 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 655 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 656 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 657 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 658 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 659 } 660 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 661} 662 663static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 664 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 665 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 666 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 667 // language-specific address space. 668 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 669 1, // opencl_global 670 2, // opencl_local 671 3, // opencl_constant 672 4, // cuda_device 673 5, // cuda_constant 674 6 // cuda_shared 675 }; 676 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 677 } else { 678 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 679 } 680} 681 682ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 683 const TargetInfo *t, 684 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 685 Builtin::Context &builtins, 686 unsigned size_reserve, 687 bool DelayInitialization) 688 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 689 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 690 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 691 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 692 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 693 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 694 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 695 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 696 BOOLDecl(0), 697 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 698 FILEDecl(0), 699 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 700 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 701 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 702 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 703 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 704 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 705 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 706 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 707 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 708 DeclarationNames(*this), 709 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 710 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 711 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 712 LastSDM(0, 0), 713 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 714{ 715 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 716 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 717 718 if (!DelayInitialization) { 719 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 720 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 721 } 722} 723 724ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 725 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 726 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 727 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 728 729 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 730 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 731 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 732 733 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 734 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 735 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 736 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 737 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 738 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 739 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 740 R->Destroy(*this); 741 742 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 743 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 744 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 745 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 746 R->Destroy(*this); 747 } 748 749 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 750 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 751 A != AEnd; ++A) 752 A->second->~AttrVec(); 753} 754 755void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 756 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 757} 758 759void 760ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 761 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 762} 763 764void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 765 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 766 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 767 768 unsigned counts[] = { 769#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 770#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 771#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 772 0 // Extra 773 }; 774 775 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 776 Type *T = Types[i]; 777 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 778 } 779 780 unsigned Idx = 0; 781 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 782#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 783 if (counts[Idx]) \ 784 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 785 << " types\n"; \ 786 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 787 ++Idx; 788#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 789#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 790 791 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 792 793 // Implicit special member functions. 794 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 795 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 796 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 797 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 798 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 799 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 801 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 802 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 803 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 804 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 805 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 806 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 807 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 808 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 809 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 810 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 811 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 812 << NumImplicitDestructors 813 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 814 815 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 816 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 817 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 818 } 819 820 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 821} 822 823TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 824 if (!Int128Decl) { 825 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 826 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 827 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 828 SourceLocation(), 829 SourceLocation(), 830 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 831 TInfo); 832 } 833 834 return Int128Decl; 835} 836 837TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 838 if (!UInt128Decl) { 839 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 840 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 841 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 842 SourceLocation(), 843 SourceLocation(), 844 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 845 TInfo); 846 } 847 848 return UInt128Decl; 849} 850 851void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 852 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 853 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 854 Types.push_back(Ty); 855} 856 857void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 858 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 859 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 860 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 861 862 this->Target = &Target; 863 864 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 865 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 866 867 // C99 6.2.5p19. 868 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 869 870 // C99 6.2.5p2. 871 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 872 // C99 6.2.5p3. 873 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 874 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 875 else 876 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 877 // C99 6.2.5p4. 878 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 879 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 880 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 881 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 882 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 883 884 // C99 6.2.5p6. 885 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 886 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 887 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 888 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 889 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 890 891 // C99 6.2.5p10. 892 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 893 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 894 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 895 896 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 897 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 898 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 899 900 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 901 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 902 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 903 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 904 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 905 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar) 906 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 907 908 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 909 910 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 911 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 912 else // C99 913 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 914 915 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 916 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 917 else // C99 918 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 919 920 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 921 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 922 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 923 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 924 // expressions. 925 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 926 927 // Placeholder type for functions. 928 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 929 930 // Placeholder type for bound members. 931 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 932 933 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 934 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 935 936 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 937 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 938 939 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 940 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 941 942 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 943 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 944 945 // C99 6.2.5p11. 946 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 947 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 948 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 949 950 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 951 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 952 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 953 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 954 955 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 956 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 957 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 958 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 959 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 960 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 961 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 962 963 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 964 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 965 } 966 967 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 968 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 969 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 970 971 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 972 973 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 974 975 // void * type 976 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 977 978 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 979 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 980 981 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 982 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 983 984 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 985 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 986} 987 988DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 989 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 990} 991 992AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 993 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 994 if (!Result) { 995 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 996 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 997 } 998 999 return *Result; 1000} 1001 1002/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1003void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1004 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1005 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1006 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1007 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1008 } 1009} 1010 1011MemberSpecializationInfo * 1012ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1013 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1014 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 1015 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 1016 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 1017 return 0; 1018 1019 return Pos->second; 1020} 1021 1022void 1023ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1024 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1025 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1026 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1027 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1028 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 1029 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 1030 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 1031 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 1032} 1033 1034FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1035 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1036 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1037 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1038 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1039 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1040 return 0; 1041 1042 return Pos->second; 1043} 1044 1045void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1046 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1047 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1048 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1049 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1050} 1051 1052NamedDecl * 1053ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1054 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1055 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1056 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1057 return 0; 1058 1059 return Pos->second; 1060} 1061 1062void 1063ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1064 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1065 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1066 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1067 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1068 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1069 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1070} 1071 1072UsingShadowDecl * 1073ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1074 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1075 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1076 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1077 return 0; 1078 1079 return Pos->second; 1080} 1081 1082void 1083ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1084 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1085 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1086 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1087} 1088 1089FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1090 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1091 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1092 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1093 return 0; 1094 1095 return Pos->second; 1096} 1097 1098void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1099 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1100 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1101 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1102 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1103 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1104 1105 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1106} 1107 1108bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1109 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1110 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1111 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1112} 1113 1114bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1115 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1116 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1117 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1118 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1119} 1120 1121bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1122 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1123 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1124 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1125 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1126} 1127 1128bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1129 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1130 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1131 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1132} 1133 1134bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1135 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1136 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1137 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1138} 1139 1140ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1141ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1142 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1143 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1144 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1145 return 0; 1146 1147 return Pos->second.begin(); 1148} 1149 1150ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1151ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1152 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1153 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1154 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1155 return 0; 1156 1157 return Pos->second.end(); 1158} 1159 1160unsigned 1161ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1162 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1163 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1164 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1165 return 0; 1166 1167 return Pos->second.size(); 1168} 1169 1170void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1171 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1172 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1173 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1174} 1175 1176void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1177 const NamedDecl *D, 1178 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1179 assert(D); 1180 1181 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1182 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1183 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1184 return; 1185 } 1186 1187 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1188 if (!Method) 1189 return; 1190 1191 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1192 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1193 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1194} 1195 1196void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1197 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1198 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1199 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1200 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1201 LastLocalImport = Import; 1202 return; 1203 } 1204 1205 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1206 LastLocalImport = Import; 1207} 1208 1209//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1210// Type Sizing and Analysis 1211//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1212 1213/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1214/// scalar floating point type. 1215const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1216 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1217 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1218 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1219 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1220 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1221 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1222 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1223 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1224 } 1225} 1226 1227/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1228/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1229/// this method will assert on them. 1230/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1231/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1232CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1233 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1234 1235 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1236 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1237 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1238 1239 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1240 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1241 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1242 // 1243 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1244 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1245 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1246 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1247 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1248 } else { 1249 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1250 } 1251 } 1252 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1253 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1254 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1255 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1256 1257 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1258 // else about the declaration and its type. 1259 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1260 // do nothing 1261 1262 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1263 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1264 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1265 if (RefAsPointee) 1266 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1267 else 1268 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1269 } 1270 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1271 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1272 // large-array alignment on the target. 1273 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1274 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1275 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1276 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1277 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1278 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1279 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1280 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1281 1282 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1283 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1284 } 1285 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1286 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1287 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1288 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1289 } 1290 } 1291 1292 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1293 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1294 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1295 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1296 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1297 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1298 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1299 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1300 1301 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1302 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1303 1304 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1305 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1306 if (offset > 0) { 1307 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1308 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1309 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1310 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1311 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1312 } 1313 1314 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1315 } 1316 } 1317 1318 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1319} 1320 1321// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1322// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1323// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1324// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1325std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1326ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1327 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1328 1329 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1330 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1331 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1332 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1333 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1334 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1335 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1336 } 1337 } 1338 1339 return sizeAndAlign; 1340} 1341 1342std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1343ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1344 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1345 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1346 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1347} 1348 1349std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1350ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1351 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1352} 1353 1354std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1355 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1356 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1357 return it->second; 1358 1359 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1360 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1361 return Info; 1362} 1363 1364/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1365/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1366/// 1367/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1368/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1369/// should take a QualType, &c. 1370std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1371ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1372 uint64_t Width=0; 1373 unsigned Align=8; 1374 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1375#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1376#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1377#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1378#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1379#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1380 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1381 1382 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1383 case Type::FunctionProto: 1384 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1385 Width = 0; 1386 Align = 32; 1387 break; 1388 1389 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1390 case Type::VariableArray: 1391 Width = 0; 1392 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1393 break; 1394 1395 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1396 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1397 1398 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1399 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1400 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1401 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1402 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1403 Align = EltInfo.second; 1404 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1405 break; 1406 } 1407 case Type::ExtVector: 1408 case Type::Vector: { 1409 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1410 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1411 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1412 Align = Width; 1413 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1414 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1415 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1416 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1417 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1418 } 1419 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1420 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1421 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1422 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1423 break; 1424 } 1425 1426 case Type::Builtin: 1427 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1428 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1429 case BuiltinType::Void: 1430 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1431 Width = 0; 1432 Align = 8; 1433 break; 1434 1435 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1436 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1437 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1438 break; 1439 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1440 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1441 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1442 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1443 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1444 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1445 break; 1446 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1447 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1448 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1449 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1450 break; 1451 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1452 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1453 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1454 break; 1455 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1456 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1457 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1458 break; 1459 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1460 case BuiltinType::Short: 1461 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1462 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1463 break; 1464 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1465 case BuiltinType::Int: 1466 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1467 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1468 break; 1469 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1470 case BuiltinType::Long: 1471 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1472 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1473 break; 1474 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1475 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1476 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1477 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1478 break; 1479 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1480 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1481 Width = 128; 1482 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1483 break; 1484 case BuiltinType::Half: 1485 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1486 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1487 break; 1488 case BuiltinType::Float: 1489 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1490 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1491 break; 1492 case BuiltinType::Double: 1493 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1494 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1495 break; 1496 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1497 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1498 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1499 break; 1500 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1501 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1502 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1503 break; 1504 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1505 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1506 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1507 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1508 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1509 break; 1510 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1511 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1512 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1513 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1514 break; 1515 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1516 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1517 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1518 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1519 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1520 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1521 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1522 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1523 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1524 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1525 break; 1526 } 1527 break; 1528 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1529 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1530 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1531 break; 1532 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1533 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1534 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1535 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1536 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1537 break; 1538 } 1539 case Type::LValueReference: 1540 case Type::RValueReference: { 1541 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1542 // the pointer route. 1543 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1544 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1545 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1546 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1547 break; 1548 } 1549 case Type::Pointer: { 1550 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1551 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1552 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1553 break; 1554 } 1555 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1556 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1557 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1558 break; 1559 } 1560 case Type::Complex: { 1561 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1562 // size. 1563 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1564 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1565 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1566 Align = EltInfo.second; 1567 break; 1568 } 1569 case Type::ObjCObject: 1570 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1571 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1572 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1573 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1574 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1575 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1576 break; 1577 } 1578 case Type::Record: 1579 case Type::Enum: { 1580 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1581 1582 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1583 Width = 8; 1584 Align = 8; 1585 break; 1586 } 1587 1588 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1589 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1590 1591 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1592 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1593 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1594 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1595 break; 1596 } 1597 1598 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1599 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1600 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1601 1602 case Type::Auto: { 1603 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1604 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1605 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1606 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1607 } 1608 1609 case Type::Paren: 1610 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1611 1612 case Type::Typedef: { 1613 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1614 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1615 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1616 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1617 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1618 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1619 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1620 Align = AttrAlign; 1621 else 1622 Align = Info.second; 1623 Width = Info.first; 1624 break; 1625 } 1626 1627 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1628 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1629 .getTypePtr()); 1630 1631 case Type::TypeOf: 1632 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1633 1634 case Type::Decltype: 1635 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1636 .getTypePtr()); 1637 1638 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1639 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1640 1641 case Type::Elaborated: 1642 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1643 1644 case Type::Attributed: 1645 return getTypeInfo( 1646 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1647 1648 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1649 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1650 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1651 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1652 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1653 // aligned attribute on it. 1654 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1655 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1656 else 1657 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1658 } 1659 1660 case Type::Atomic: { 1661 // Start with the base type information. 1662 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1663 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1664 Width = Info.first; 1665 Align = Info.second; 1666 1667 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1668 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1669 // favorable to atomic operations: 1670 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1671 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1672 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1673 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1674 1675 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1676 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1677 } 1678 } 1679 1680 } 1681 1682 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1683 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1684} 1685 1686/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1687CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1688 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1689} 1690 1691/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1692int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1693 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1694} 1695 1696/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1697/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1698CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1699 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1700} 1701CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1702 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1703} 1704 1705/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1706/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1707CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1708 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1709} 1710CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1711 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1712} 1713 1714/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1715/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1716/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1717/// a data type. 1718unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1719 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1720 1721 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1722 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1723 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1724 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1725 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1726 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1727 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1728 1729 return ABIAlign; 1730} 1731 1732/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1733/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1734unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1735 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1736} 1737 1738/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1739/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1740CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1741 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1742} 1743 1744/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1745/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1746/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1747/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1748/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1749/// 1750void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1751 bool leafClass, 1752 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1753 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1754 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1755 if (!leafClass) { 1756 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1757 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1758 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1759 } else { 1760 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1761 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1762 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1763 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1764 } 1765} 1766 1767/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1768/// those inherited by it. 1769void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1770 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1771 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1772 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1773 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1774 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1775 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1776 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1777 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1778 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1779 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1780 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1781 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1782 } 1783 } 1784 1785 // Categories of this Interface. 1786 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1787 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1788 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1789 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1790 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1791 } 1792 1793 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1794 while (SD) { 1795 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1796 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1797 } 1798 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1799 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1800 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1801 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1802 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1803 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1804 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1805 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1806 } 1807 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1808 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1809 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1810 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1811 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1812 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1813 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1814 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1815 } 1816 } 1817} 1818 1819unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1820 unsigned count = 0; 1821 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1822 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1823 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1824 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1825 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1826 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1827 } 1828 1829 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1830 // includes synthesized ivars. 1831 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1832 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1833 1834 return count; 1835} 1836 1837bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1838 if (!E) 1839 return false; 1840 1841 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1842 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1843 1844 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1845 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1846 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1847 return true; 1848 1849 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1850 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1851 1852 return false; 1853} 1854 1855/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1856ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1857 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1858 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1859 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1860 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1861 return 0; 1862} 1863/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1864ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1865 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1866 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1867 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1868 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1869 return 0; 1870} 1871 1872/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1873void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1874 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1875 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1876 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1877} 1878/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1879void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1880 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1881 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1882 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1883} 1884 1885const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1886 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1887 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1888 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1889 return ID; 1890 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1891 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1892 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1893 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1894 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1895 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1896 1897 return 0; 1898} 1899 1900/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1901/// none exists. 1902Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1903 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1904 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1905 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1906 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1907 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1908 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1909} 1910 1911/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1912void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1913 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1914 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1915 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1916 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1917} 1918 1919TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1920 unsigned DataSize) const { 1921 if (!DataSize) 1922 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1923 else 1924 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1925 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1926 1927 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1928 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1929 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1930 return TInfo; 1931} 1932 1933TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1934 SourceLocation L) const { 1935 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1936 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1937 return DI; 1938} 1939 1940const ASTRecordLayout & 1941ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1942 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1943} 1944 1945const ASTRecordLayout & 1946ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1947 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1948 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1949} 1950 1951//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1952// Type creation/memoization methods 1953//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1954 1955QualType 1956ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1957 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1958 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1959 1960 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1961 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1962 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1963 void *insertPos = 0; 1964 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1965 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1966 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1967 } 1968 1969 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1970 QualType canon; 1971 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1972 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1973 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1974 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1975 1976 // Re-find the insert position. 1977 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1978 } 1979 1980 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1981 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1982 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1983} 1984 1985QualType 1986ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1987 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1988 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1989 return T; 1990 1991 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1992 // into one ExtQuals node. 1993 QualifierCollector Quals; 1994 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1995 1996 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1997 // another one. 1998 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1999 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2000 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2001 2002 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2003} 2004 2005QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2006 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2007 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2008 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2009 return T; 2010 2011 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2012 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2013 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2014 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2015 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2016 } 2017 } 2018 2019 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2020 // into one ExtQuals node. 2021 QualifierCollector Quals; 2022 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2023 2024 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2025 // another one. 2026 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2027 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2028 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2029 2030 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2031} 2032 2033const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2034 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2035 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2036 return T; 2037 2038 QualType Result; 2039 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2040 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2041 } else { 2042 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2043 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2044 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2045 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 2046 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 2047 FPT->getNumArgs()), 2048 EPI); 2049 } 2050 2051 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2052} 2053 2054void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2055 QualType ResultType) { 2056 // FIXME: Need to inform serialization code about this! 2057 for (FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); FD; FD = FD->getPreviousDecl()) { 2058 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2059 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2060 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2061 } 2062} 2063 2064/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2065/// number with the specified element type. 2066QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2067 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2068 // structure. 2069 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2070 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2071 2072 void *InsertPos = 0; 2073 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2074 return QualType(CT, 0); 2075 2076 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2077 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2078 QualType Canonical; 2079 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2080 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2081 2082 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2083 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2084 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2085 } 2086 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2087 Types.push_back(New); 2088 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2089 return QualType(New, 0); 2090} 2091 2092/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2093/// the specified type. 2094QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2095 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2096 // structure. 2097 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2098 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2099 2100 void *InsertPos = 0; 2101 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2102 return QualType(PT, 0); 2103 2104 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2105 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2106 QualType Canonical; 2107 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2108 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2109 2110 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2111 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2112 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2113 } 2114 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2115 Types.push_back(New); 2116 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2117 return QualType(New, 0); 2118} 2119 2120/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2121/// a pointer to the specified block. 2122QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2123 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2124 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2125 // structure. 2126 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2127 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2128 2129 void *InsertPos = 0; 2130 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2131 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2132 return QualType(PT, 0); 2133 2134 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2135 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2136 QualType Canonical; 2137 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2138 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2139 2140 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2141 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2142 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2143 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2144 } 2145 BlockPointerType *New 2146 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2147 Types.push_back(New); 2148 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2149 return QualType(New, 0); 2150} 2151 2152/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2153/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2154QualType 2155ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2156 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2157 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2158 2159 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2160 // structure. 2161 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2162 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2163 2164 void *InsertPos = 0; 2165 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2166 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2167 return QualType(RT, 0); 2168 2169 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2170 2171 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2172 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2173 QualType Canonical; 2174 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2175 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2176 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2177 2178 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2179 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2180 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2181 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2182 } 2183 2184 LValueReferenceType *New 2185 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2186 SpelledAsLValue); 2187 Types.push_back(New); 2188 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2189 2190 return QualType(New, 0); 2191} 2192 2193/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2194/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2195QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2196 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2197 // structure. 2198 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2199 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2200 2201 void *InsertPos = 0; 2202 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2203 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2204 return QualType(RT, 0); 2205 2206 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2207 2208 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2209 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2210 QualType Canonical; 2211 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2212 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2213 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2214 2215 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2216 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2217 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2218 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2219 } 2220 2221 RValueReferenceType *New 2222 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2223 Types.push_back(New); 2224 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2225 return QualType(New, 0); 2226} 2227 2228/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2229/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2230QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2231 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2232 // structure. 2233 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2234 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2235 2236 void *InsertPos = 0; 2237 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2238 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2239 return QualType(PT, 0); 2240 2241 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2242 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2243 QualType Canonical; 2244 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2245 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2246 2247 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2248 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2249 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2250 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2251 } 2252 MemberPointerType *New 2253 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2254 Types.push_back(New); 2255 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2256 return QualType(New, 0); 2257} 2258 2259/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2260/// array of the specified element type. 2261QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2262 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2263 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2264 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2265 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2266 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2267 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2268 2269 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2270 // the target. 2271 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2272 ArySize = 2273 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2274 2275 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2276 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2277 2278 void *InsertPos = 0; 2279 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2280 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2281 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2282 2283 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2284 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2285 QualType Canon; 2286 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2287 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2288 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2289 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2290 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2291 2292 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2293 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2294 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2295 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2296 } 2297 2298 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2299 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2300 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2301 Types.push_back(New); 2302 return QualType(New, 0); 2303} 2304 2305/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2306/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2307/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2308QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2309 // Vastly most common case. 2310 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2311 2312 QualType result; 2313 2314 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2315 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2316 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2317#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2318#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2319#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2320#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2321 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2322 2323 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2324 case Type::Builtin: 2325 case Type::Complex: 2326 case Type::Vector: 2327 case Type::ExtVector: 2328 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2329 case Type::ObjCObject: 2330 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2331 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2332 case Type::Record: 2333 case Type::Enum: 2334 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2335 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2336 case Type::TypeOf: 2337 case Type::Decltype: 2338 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2339 case Type::DependentName: 2340 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2341 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2342 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2343 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2344 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2345 case Type::Auto: 2346 case Type::PackExpansion: 2347 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2348 2349 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2350 // further decay. 2351 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2352 case Type::FunctionProto: 2353 case Type::BlockPointer: 2354 case Type::MemberPointer: 2355 return type; 2356 2357 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2358 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2359 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2360 // optimizations available here. 2361 case Type::Pointer: 2362 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2363 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2364 break; 2365 2366 case Type::LValueReference: { 2367 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2368 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2369 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2370 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2371 break; 2372 } 2373 2374 case Type::RValueReference: { 2375 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2376 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2377 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2378 break; 2379 } 2380 2381 case Type::Atomic: { 2382 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2383 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2384 break; 2385 } 2386 2387 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2388 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2389 result = getConstantArrayType( 2390 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2391 cat->getSize(), 2392 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2393 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2394 break; 2395 } 2396 2397 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2398 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2399 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2400 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2401 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2402 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2403 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2404 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2405 break; 2406 } 2407 2408 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2409 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2410 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2411 result = getVariableArrayType( 2412 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2413 /*size*/ 0, 2414 ArrayType::Normal, 2415 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2416 SourceRange()); 2417 break; 2418 } 2419 2420 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2421 case Type::VariableArray: { 2422 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2423 result = getVariableArrayType( 2424 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2425 /*size*/ 0, 2426 ArrayType::Star, 2427 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2428 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2429 break; 2430 } 2431 } 2432 2433 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2434 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2435} 2436 2437/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2438/// variable array of the specified element type. 2439QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2440 Expr *NumElts, 2441 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2442 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2443 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2444 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2445 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2446 QualType Canon; 2447 2448 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2449 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2450 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2451 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2452 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2453 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2454 } 2455 2456 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2457 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2458 2459 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2460 Types.push_back(New); 2461 return QualType(New, 0); 2462} 2463 2464/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2465/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2466/// type. 2467QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2468 Expr *numElements, 2469 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2470 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2471 SourceRange brackets) const { 2472 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2473 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2474 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2475 2476 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2477 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2478 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2479 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2480 if (!numElements) { 2481 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2482 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2483 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2484 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2485 brackets); 2486 Types.push_back(newType); 2487 return QualType(newType, 0); 2488 } 2489 2490 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2491 // also build a canonical type. 2492 2493 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2494 2495 void *insertPos = 0; 2496 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2497 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2498 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2499 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2500 2501 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2502 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2503 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2504 2505 // If we don't have one, build one. 2506 if (!canonTy) { 2507 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2508 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2509 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2510 brackets); 2511 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2512 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2513 } 2514 2515 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2516 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2517 canonElementType.Quals); 2518 2519 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2520 // then just use that as our result. 2521 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2522 return canon; 2523 2524 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2525 // of the element type. 2526 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2527 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2528 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2529 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2530 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2531 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2532} 2533 2534QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2535 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2536 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2537 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2538 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2539 2540 void *insertPos = 0; 2541 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2542 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2543 return QualType(iat, 0); 2544 2545 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2546 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2547 // qualifiers off the element type. 2548 QualType canon; 2549 2550 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2551 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2552 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2553 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2554 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2555 2556 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2557 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2558 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2559 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2560 } 2561 2562 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2563 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2564 2565 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2566 Types.push_back(newType); 2567 return QualType(newType, 0); 2568} 2569 2570/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2571/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2572QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2573 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2574 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2575 2576 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2577 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2578 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2579 2580 void *InsertPos = 0; 2581 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2582 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2583 2584 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2585 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2586 QualType Canonical; 2587 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2588 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2589 2590 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2591 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2592 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2593 } 2594 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2595 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2596 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2597 Types.push_back(New); 2598 return QualType(New, 0); 2599} 2600 2601/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2602/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2603QualType 2604ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2605 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2606 2607 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2608 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2609 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2610 VectorType::GenericVector); 2611 void *InsertPos = 0; 2612 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2613 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2614 2615 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2616 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2617 QualType Canonical; 2618 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2619 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2620 2621 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2622 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2623 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2624 } 2625 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2626 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2627 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2628 Types.push_back(New); 2629 return QualType(New, 0); 2630} 2631 2632QualType 2633ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2634 Expr *SizeExpr, 2635 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2636 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2637 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2638 SizeExpr); 2639 2640 void *InsertPos = 0; 2641 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2642 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2643 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2644 if (Canon) { 2645 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2646 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2647 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2648 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2649 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2650 } else { 2651 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2652 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2653 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2654 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2655 AttrLoc); 2656 2657 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2658 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2659 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2660 (void)CanonCheck; 2661 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2662 } else { 2663 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2664 SourceLocation()); 2665 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2666 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2667 } 2668 } 2669 2670 Types.push_back(New); 2671 return QualType(New, 0); 2672} 2673 2674/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2675/// 2676QualType 2677ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2678 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2679 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2680 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2681 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2682 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2683 // structure. 2684 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2685 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2686 2687 void *InsertPos = 0; 2688 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2689 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2690 return QualType(FT, 0); 2691 2692 QualType Canonical; 2693 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2694 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2695 Canonical = 2696 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2697 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2698 2699 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2700 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2701 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2702 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2703 } 2704 2705 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2706 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2707 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2708 Types.push_back(New); 2709 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2710 return QualType(New, 0); 2711} 2712 2713/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2714static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2715 return T.isCanonical() && 2716 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2717 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2718} 2719 2720/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2721/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2722QualType 2723ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2724 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2725 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2726 2727 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2728 // structure. 2729 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2730 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2731 *this); 2732 2733 void *InsertPos = 0; 2734 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2735 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2736 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2737 2738 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2739 bool isCanonical = 2740 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2741 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2742 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2743 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2744 isCanonical = false; 2745 2746 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2747 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2748 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2749 2750 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2751 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2752 QualType Canonical; 2753 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2754 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2755 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2756 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2757 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2758 2759 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2760 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2761 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2762 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2763 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2764 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2765 2766 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2767 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2768 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2769 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2770 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2771 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2772 } 2773 2774 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2775 2776 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2777 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2778 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2779 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2780 } 2781 2782 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2783 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2784 // - parameter types 2785 // - exception types 2786 // - consumed-arguments flags 2787 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2788 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2789 // specification. 2790 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2791 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2792 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2793 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2794 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2795 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2796 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2797 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2798 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2799 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2800 } 2801 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2802 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2803 2804 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2805 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2806 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2807 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2808 Types.push_back(FTP); 2809 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2810 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2811} 2812 2813#ifndef NDEBUG 2814static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2815 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2816 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2817 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2818 return true; 2819 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2820 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2821 return true; 2822 return false; 2823} 2824#endif 2825 2826/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2827/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2828QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2829 QualType TST) const { 2830 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2831 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2832 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2833 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2834 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2835 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2836 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2837 } else { 2838 Type *newType = 2839 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2840 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2841 Types.push_back(newType); 2842 } 2843 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2844} 2845 2846/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2847/// specified type declaration. 2848QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2849 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2850 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2851 2852 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2853 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2854 2855 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2856 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2857 2858 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2859 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2860 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2861 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2862 return getRecordType(Record); 2863 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2864 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2865 "enum has previous declaration"); 2866 return getEnumType(Enum); 2867 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2868 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2869 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2870 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2871 Types.push_back(newType); 2872 } else 2873 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2874 2875 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2876} 2877 2878/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2879/// specified typedef name decl. 2880QualType 2881ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2882 QualType Canonical) const { 2883 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2884 2885 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2886 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2887 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2888 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2889 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2890 Types.push_back(newType); 2891 return QualType(newType, 0); 2892} 2893 2894QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2895 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2896 2897 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2898 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2899 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2900 2901 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2902 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2903 Types.push_back(newType); 2904 return QualType(newType, 0); 2905} 2906 2907QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2908 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2909 2910 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2911 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2912 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2913 2914 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2915 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2916 Types.push_back(newType); 2917 return QualType(newType, 0); 2918} 2919 2920QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2921 QualType modifiedType, 2922 QualType equivalentType) { 2923 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2924 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2925 2926 void *insertPos = 0; 2927 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2928 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2929 2930 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2931 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2932 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2933 2934 Types.push_back(type); 2935 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2936 2937 return QualType(type, 0); 2938} 2939 2940 2941/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2942QualType 2943ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2944 QualType Replacement) const { 2945 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2946 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2947 2948 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2949 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2950 void *InsertPos = 0; 2951 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2952 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2953 2954 if (!SubstParm) { 2955 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2956 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2957 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2958 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2959 } 2960 2961 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2962} 2963 2964/// \brief Retrieve a 2965QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2966 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2967 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2968#ifndef NDEBUG 2969 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2970 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2971 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2972 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2973 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2974 } 2975#endif 2976 2977 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2978 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2979 void *InsertPos = 0; 2980 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2981 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2982 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2983 2984 QualType Canon; 2985 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2986 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2987 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2988 ArgPack); 2989 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2990 } 2991 2992 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2993 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2994 ArgPack); 2995 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2996 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2997 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2998} 2999 3000/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3001/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3002/// name. 3003QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3004 bool ParameterPack, 3005 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3006 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3007 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3008 void *InsertPos = 0; 3009 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3010 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3011 3012 if (TypeParm) 3013 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3014 3015 if (TTPDecl) { 3016 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3017 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3018 3019 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3020 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3021 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3022 (void)TypeCheck; 3023 } else 3024 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3025 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3026 3027 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3028 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3029 3030 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3031} 3032 3033TypeSourceInfo * 3034ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3035 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3036 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3037 QualType Underlying) const { 3038 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3039 "No dependent template names here!"); 3040 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3041 3042 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3043 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3044 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3045 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3046 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3047 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3048 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3049 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3050 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3051 return DI; 3052} 3053 3054QualType 3055ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3056 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3057 QualType Underlying) const { 3058 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3059 "No dependent template names here!"); 3060 3061 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3062 3063 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3064 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3065 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3066 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3067 3068 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3069 Underlying); 3070} 3071 3072#ifndef NDEBUG 3073static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3074 unsigned NumArgs) { 3075 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3076 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3077 return true; 3078 3079 return true; 3080} 3081#endif 3082 3083QualType 3084ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3085 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3086 unsigned NumArgs, 3087 QualType Underlying) const { 3088 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3089 "No dependent template names here!"); 3090 // Look through qualified template names. 3091 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3092 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3093 3094 bool IsTypeAlias = 3095 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3096 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3097 QualType CanonType; 3098 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3099 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3100 else { 3101 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3102 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3103 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3104 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3105 IsTypeAlias = false; 3106 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3107 NumArgs); 3108 } 3109 3110 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3111 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3112 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3113 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3114 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3115 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3116 TypeAlignment); 3117 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3118 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3119 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3120 3121 Types.push_back(Spec); 3122 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3123} 3124 3125QualType 3126ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3127 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3128 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3129 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3130 "No dependent template names here!"); 3131 3132 // Look through qualified template names. 3133 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3134 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3135 3136 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3137 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3138 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3139 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3140 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3141 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3142 3143 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3144 // exists. 3145 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3146 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3147 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3148 3149 void *InsertPos = 0; 3150 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3151 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3152 3153 if (!Spec) { 3154 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3155 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3156 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3157 TypeAlignment); 3158 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3159 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3160 QualType(), QualType()); 3161 Types.push_back(Spec); 3162 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3163 } 3164 3165 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3166 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3167 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3168} 3169 3170QualType 3171ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3172 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3173 QualType NamedType) const { 3174 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3175 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3176 3177 void *InsertPos = 0; 3178 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3179 if (T) 3180 return QualType(T, 0); 3181 3182 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3183 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3184 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3185 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3186 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3187 (void)CheckT; 3188 } 3189 3190 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3191 Types.push_back(T); 3192 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3193 return QualType(T, 0); 3194} 3195 3196QualType 3197ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3198 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3199 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3200 3201 void *InsertPos = 0; 3202 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3203 if (T) 3204 return QualType(T, 0); 3205 3206 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3207 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3208 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3209 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3210 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3211 (void)CheckT; 3212 } 3213 3214 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3215 Types.push_back(T); 3216 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3217 return QualType(T, 0); 3218} 3219 3220QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3221 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3222 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3223 QualType Canon) const { 3224 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3225 3226 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3227 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3228 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3229 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3230 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3231 3232 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3233 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3234 } 3235 3236 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3237 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3238 3239 void *InsertPos = 0; 3240 DependentNameType *T 3241 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3242 if (T) 3243 return QualType(T, 0); 3244 3245 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3246 Types.push_back(T); 3247 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3248 return QualType(T, 0); 3249} 3250 3251QualType 3252ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3253 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3254 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3255 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3256 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3257 // TODO: avoid this copy 3258 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3259 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3260 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3261 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3262 ArgCopy.size(), 3263 ArgCopy.data()); 3264} 3265 3266QualType 3267ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3268 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3269 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3270 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3271 unsigned NumArgs, 3272 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3273 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3274 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3275 3276 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3277 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3278 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3279 3280 void *InsertPos = 0; 3281 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3282 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3283 if (T) 3284 return QualType(T, 0); 3285 3286 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3287 3288 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3289 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3290 3291 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3292 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3293 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3294 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3295 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3296 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3297 } 3298 3299 QualType Canon; 3300 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3301 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3302 Name, NumArgs, 3303 CanonArgs.data()); 3304 3305 // Find the insert position again. 3306 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3307 } 3308 3309 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3310 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3311 TypeAlignment); 3312 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3313 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3314 Types.push_back(T); 3315 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3316 return QualType(T, 0); 3317} 3318 3319QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3320 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3321 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3322 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3323 3324 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3325 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3326 void *InsertPos = 0; 3327 PackExpansionType *T 3328 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3329 if (T) 3330 return QualType(T, 0); 3331 3332 QualType Canon; 3333 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3334 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3335 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3336 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3337 // parameters. 3338 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3339 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3340 3341 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3342 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3343 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3344 } 3345 } 3346 3347 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3348 Types.push_back(T); 3349 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3350 return QualType(T, 0); 3351} 3352 3353/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3354/// alphabetically. 3355static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3356 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3357 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3358} 3359 3360static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3361 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3362 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3363 3364 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3365 return false; 3366 3367 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3368 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3369 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3370 return false; 3371 return true; 3372} 3373 3374static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3375 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3376 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3377 3378 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3379 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3380 3381 // Canonicalize. 3382 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3383 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3384 3385 // Remove duplicates. 3386 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3387 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3388} 3389 3390QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3391 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3392 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3393 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3394 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3395 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3396 return BaseType; 3397 3398 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3399 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3400 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3401 void *InsertPos = 0; 3402 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3403 return QualType(QT, 0); 3404 3405 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3406 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3407 QualType Canonical; 3408 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3409 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3410 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3411 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3412 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3413 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3414 3415 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3416 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3417 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3418 } else { 3419 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3420 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3421 } 3422 3423 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3424 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3425 } 3426 3427 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3428 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3429 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3430 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3431 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3432 3433 Types.push_back(T); 3434 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3435 return QualType(T, 0); 3436} 3437 3438/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3439/// the given object type. 3440QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3441 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3442 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3443 3444 void *InsertPos = 0; 3445 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3446 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3447 return QualType(QT, 0); 3448 3449 // Find the canonical object type. 3450 QualType Canonical; 3451 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3452 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3453 3454 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3455 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3456 } 3457 3458 // No match. 3459 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3460 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3461 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3462 3463 Types.push_back(QType); 3464 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3465 return QualType(QType, 0); 3466} 3467 3468/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3469/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3470QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3471 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3472 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3473 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3474 3475 if (PrevDecl) { 3476 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3477 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3478 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3479 } 3480 3481 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3482 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3483 Decl = Def; 3484 3485 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3486 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3487 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3488 Types.push_back(T); 3489 return QualType(T, 0); 3490} 3491 3492/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3493/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3494/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3495/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3496/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3497QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3498 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3499 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3500 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3501 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3502 3503 void *InsertPos = 0; 3504 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3505 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3506 if (Canon) { 3507 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3508 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3509 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3510 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3511 } else { 3512 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3513 Canon 3514 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3515 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3516 toe = Canon; 3517 } 3518 } else { 3519 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3520 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3521 } 3522 Types.push_back(toe); 3523 return QualType(toe, 0); 3524} 3525 3526/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3527/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3528/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3529/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3530/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3531QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3532 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3533 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3534 Types.push_back(tot); 3535 return QualType(tot, 0); 3536} 3537 3538 3539/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3540/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3541/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3542/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3543/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3544QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3545 DecltypeType *dt; 3546 3547 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3548 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3549 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3550 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3551 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3552 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3553 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3554 3555 void *InsertPos = 0; 3556 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3557 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3558 if (Canon) { 3559 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3560 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3561 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3562 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3563 } else { 3564 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3565 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3566 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3567 dt = Canon; 3568 } 3569 } else { 3570 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3571 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3572 } 3573 Types.push_back(dt); 3574 return QualType(dt, 0); 3575} 3576 3577/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3578/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3579QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3580 QualType UnderlyingType, 3581 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3582 const { 3583 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3584 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3585 Kind, 3586 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3587 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3588 Types.push_back(Ty); 3589 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3590} 3591 3592/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3593/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3594/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3595QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3596 bool IsDependent) const { 3597 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3598 return getAutoDeductType(); 3599 3600 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3601 void *InsertPos = 0; 3602 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3603 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3604 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3605 return QualType(AT, 0); 3606 3607 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3608 IsDecltypeAuto, 3609 IsDependent); 3610 Types.push_back(AT); 3611 if (InsertPos) 3612 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3613 return QualType(AT, 0); 3614} 3615 3616/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3617/// the given value type. 3618QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3619 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3620 // structure. 3621 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3622 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3623 3624 void *InsertPos = 0; 3625 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3626 return QualType(AT, 0); 3627 3628 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3629 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3630 QualType Canonical; 3631 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3632 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3633 3634 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3635 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3636 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3637 } 3638 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3639 Types.push_back(New); 3640 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3641 return QualType(New, 0); 3642} 3643 3644/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3645QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3646 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3647 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3648 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3649 /*dependent*/false), 3650 0); 3651 return AutoDeductTy; 3652} 3653 3654/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3655QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3656 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3657 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3658 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3659 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3660} 3661 3662/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3663/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3664QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3665 assert (Decl); 3666 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3667 // away const? mutable? 3668 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3669} 3670 3671/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3672/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3673/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3674CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3675 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3676} 3677 3678/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3679CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3680 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3681} 3682 3683/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3684CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3685 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3686} 3687 3688/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3689/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3690QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3691 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3692 return WCharTy; 3693} 3694 3695/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3696/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3697QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3698 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3699 return UnsignedIntTy; 3700} 3701 3702QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3703 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3704} 3705 3706QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3707 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3708} 3709 3710/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3711/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3712QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3713 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3714} 3715 3716/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3717/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3718QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3719 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3720} 3721 3722//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3723// Type Operators 3724//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3725 3726CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3727 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3728 // qualifiers. 3729 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3730 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3731 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3732 QualType Result; 3733 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3734 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3735 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3736 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3737 } else { 3738 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3739 } 3740 3741 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3742} 3743 3744QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3745 Qualifiers &quals) { 3746 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3747 3748 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3749 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3750 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3751 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3752 const ArrayType *AT = 3753 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3754 3755 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3756 if (!AT) { 3757 quals = splitType.Quals; 3758 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3759 } 3760 3761 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3762 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3763 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3764 3765 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3766 // can just use the results in splitType. 3767 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3768 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3769 quals = splitType.Quals; 3770 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3771 } 3772 3773 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3774 // build the type back up. 3775 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3776 3777 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3778 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3779 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3780 } 3781 3782 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3783 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3784 } 3785 3786 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3787 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3788 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3789 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3790 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3791 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3792 } 3793 3794 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3795 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3796 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3797 SourceRange()); 3798} 3799 3800/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3801/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3802/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3803/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3804/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3805/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3806/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3807/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3808bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3809 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3810 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3811 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3812 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3813 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3814 return true; 3815 } 3816 3817 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3818 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3819 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3820 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3821 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3822 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3823 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3824 return true; 3825 } 3826 3827 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3828 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3829 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3830 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3831 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3832 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3833 return true; 3834 } 3835 } 3836 3837 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3838 3839 return false; 3840} 3841 3842DeclarationNameInfo 3843ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3844 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3845 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3846 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3847 case TemplateName::Template: 3848 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3849 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3850 NameLoc); 3851 3852 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3853 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3854 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3855 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3856 } 3857 3858 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3859 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3860 DeclarationName DName; 3861 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3862 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3863 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3864 } else { 3865 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3866 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3867 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3868 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3869 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3870 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3871 } 3872 } 3873 3874 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3875 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3876 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3877 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3878 NameLoc); 3879 } 3880 3881 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3882 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3883 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3884 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3885 NameLoc); 3886 } 3887 } 3888 3889 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3890} 3891 3892TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3893 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3894 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3895 case TemplateName::Template: { 3896 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3897 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3898 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3899 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3900 3901 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3902 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3903 } 3904 3905 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3906 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3907 3908 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3909 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3910 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3911 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3912 } 3913 3914 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3915 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3916 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3917 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3918 } 3919 3920 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3921 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3922 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3923 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3924 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3925 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3926 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3927 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3928 } 3929 } 3930 3931 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3932} 3933 3934bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3935 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3936 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3937 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3938} 3939 3940TemplateArgument 3941ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3942 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3943 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3944 return Arg; 3945 3946 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3947 return Arg; 3948 3949 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3950 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3951 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3952 } 3953 3954 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3955 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3956 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3957 3958 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3959 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3960 3961 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3962 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3963 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3964 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3965 3966 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3967 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3968 3969 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3970 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3971 3972 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3973 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3974 return Arg; 3975 3976 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3977 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3978 unsigned Idx = 0; 3979 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3980 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3981 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3982 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3983 3984 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3985 } 3986 } 3987 3988 // Silence GCC warning 3989 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3990} 3991 3992NestedNameSpecifier * 3993ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3994 if (!NNS) 3995 return 0; 3996 3997 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3998 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3999 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4000 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4001 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4002 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4003 4004 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4005 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4006 // this namespace and no prefix. 4007 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4008 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4009 4010 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4011 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4012 // this namespace and no prefix. 4013 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4014 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4015 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4016 4017 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4018 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4019 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4020 4021 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4022 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4023 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4024 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4025 // types, e.g., 4026 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4027 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4028 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4029 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4030 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4031 4032 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4033 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4034 // first place? 4035 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4036 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4037 } 4038 4039 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4040 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4041 return NNS; 4042 } 4043 4044 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4045} 4046 4047 4048const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4049 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4050 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4051 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4052 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4053 return AT; 4054 } 4055 4056 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4057 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4058 return 0; 4059 4060 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4061 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4062 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4063 4064 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4065 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4066 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4067 4068 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4069 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4070 4071 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4072 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4073 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4074 return ATy; 4075 4076 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4077 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4078 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4079 4080 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4081 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4082 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4083 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4084 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4085 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4086 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4087 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4088 4089 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4090 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4091 return cast<ArrayType>( 4092 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4093 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4094 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4095 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4096 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4097 4098 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4099 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4100 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4101 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4102 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4103 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4104} 4105 4106QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4107 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4108 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4109 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4110 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4111 // the array type derivation. 4112 if (T->isArrayType()) 4113 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4114 4115 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4116 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4117 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4118 // in 6.3.2.1. 4119 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4120 return getPointerType(T); 4121 4122 return T; 4123} 4124 4125QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4126 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4127 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4128 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4129} 4130 4131/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4132/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4133/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4134/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4135/// 4136/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4137QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4138 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4139 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4140 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4141 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4142 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4143 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4144 4145 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4146 4147 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4148 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4149} 4150 4151QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4152 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4153} 4154 4155QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4156 Qualifiers qs; 4157 while (true) { 4158 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4159 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4160 if (!array) break; 4161 4162 type = array->getElementType(); 4163 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4164 } 4165 4166 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4167} 4168 4169/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4170uint64_t 4171ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4172 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4173 do { 4174 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4175 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4176 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4177 } while (CA); 4178 return ElementCount; 4179} 4180 4181/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4182/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4183static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4184 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4185 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4186 4187 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4188 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4189 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4190 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4191 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4192 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4193 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4194 } 4195} 4196 4197/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4198/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4199/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4200/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4201QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4202 QualType Domain) const { 4203 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4204 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4205 switch (EltRank) { 4206 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4207 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4208 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4209 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4210 } 4211 } 4212 4213 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4214 switch (EltRank) { 4215 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4216 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4217 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4218 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4219 } 4220 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4221} 4222 4223/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4224/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4225/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4226/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4227int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4228 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4229 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4230 4231 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4232 return 0; 4233 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4234 return 1; 4235 return -1; 4236} 4237 4238/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4239/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4240/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4241unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4242 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4243 4244 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4245 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4246 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4247 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4248 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4249 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4250 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4251 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4252 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4253 case BuiltinType::Short: 4254 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4255 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4256 case BuiltinType::Int: 4257 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4258 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4259 case BuiltinType::Long: 4260 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4261 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4262 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4263 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4264 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4265 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4266 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4267 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4268 } 4269} 4270 4271/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4272/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4273/// 4274/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4275/// promotion occurs. 4276QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4277 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4278 return QualType(); 4279 4280 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 4281 if (!Field) 4282 return QualType(); 4283 4284 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4285 4286 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4287 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4288 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4289 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4290 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4291 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4292 return IntTy; 4293 4294 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4295 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4296 4297 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4298 // like the base type. 4299 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4300 // is ridiculous. 4301 return QualType(); 4302} 4303 4304/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4305/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4306/// integer type. 4307QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4308 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4309 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4310 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4311 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4312 4313 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4314 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4315 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4316 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4317 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4318 // unsigned long long int [...] 4319 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4320 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4321 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4322 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4323 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4324 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4325 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4326 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4327 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4328 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4329 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4330 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4331 (FromSize == ToSize && 4332 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4333 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4334 } 4335 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4336 } 4337 } 4338 4339 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4340 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4341 return IntTy; 4342 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4343 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4344 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4345 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4346} 4347 4348/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4349/// type and returns its ownership. 4350Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4351 while (!T.isNull()) { 4352 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4353 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4354 if (T->isArrayType()) 4355 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4356 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4357 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4358 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4359 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4360 else 4361 break; 4362 } 4363 4364 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4365} 4366 4367/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4368/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4369/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4370int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4371 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4372 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4373 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4374 4375 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4376 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4377 4378 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4379 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4380 4381 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4382 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4383 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4384 } 4385 4386 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4387 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4388 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4389 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4390 return 1; 4391 4392 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4393 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4394 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4395 return -1; 4396 } 4397 4398 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4399 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4400 return -1; 4401 4402 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4403 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4404 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4405 return 1; 4406} 4407 4408static RecordDecl * 4409CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4410 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4411 SourceLocation Loc; 4412 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4413 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4414 else 4415 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4416} 4417 4418// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4419QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4420 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4421 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4422 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4423 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4424 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4425 4426 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4427 4428 // const int *isa; 4429 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4430 // int flags; 4431 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4432 // const char *str; 4433 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4434 // long length; 4435 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4436 4437 // Create fields 4438 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4439 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4440 SourceLocation(), 4441 SourceLocation(), 0, 4442 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4443 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4444 /*Mutable=*/false, 4445 ICIS_NoInit); 4446 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4447 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4448 } 4449 4450 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4451 } 4452 4453 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4454} 4455 4456QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4457 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4458 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4459 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4460 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4461 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4462 } 4463 return ObjCSuperType; 4464} 4465 4466void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4467 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4468 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4469 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4470} 4471 4472QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4473 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4474 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4475 4476 RecordDecl *T; 4477 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4478 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4479 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4480 T->startDefinition(); 4481 4482 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4483 UnsignedLongTy, 4484 UnsignedLongTy, 4485 }; 4486 4487 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4488 "reserved", 4489 "Size" 4490 }; 4491 4492 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4493 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4494 SourceLocation(), 4495 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4496 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4497 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4498 /*Mutable=*/false, 4499 ICIS_NoInit); 4500 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4501 T->addDecl(Field); 4502 } 4503 4504 T->completeDefinition(); 4505 4506 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4507 4508 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4509} 4510 4511QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4512 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4513 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4514 4515 RecordDecl *T; 4516 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4517 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4518 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4519 T->startDefinition(); 4520 4521 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4522 UnsignedLongTy, 4523 UnsignedLongTy, 4524 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4525 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4526 }; 4527 4528 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4529 "reserved", 4530 "Size", 4531 "CopyFuncPtr", 4532 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4533 }; 4534 4535 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4536 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4537 SourceLocation(), 4538 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4539 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4540 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4541 /*Mutable=*/false, 4542 ICIS_NoInit); 4543 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4544 T->addDecl(Field); 4545 } 4546 4547 T->completeDefinition(); 4548 4549 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4550 4551 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4552} 4553 4554/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4555/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4556/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4557bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4558 const VarDecl *D) { 4559 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4560 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4561 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4562 4563 return true; 4564 } 4565 4566 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4567 4568 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4569 4570 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4571 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4572 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4573 4574 switch (lifetime) { 4575 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4576 4577 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4578 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4579 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4580 return false; 4581 4582 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4583 // byref routines. 4584 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4585 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4586 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4587 return true; 4588 } 4589 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4590 } 4591 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4592 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4593} 4594 4595bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4596 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4597 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4598 4599 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4600 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4601 return false; 4602 4603 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4604 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4605 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4606 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4607 } 4608 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4609 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4610 // MRR. 4611 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4612 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4613 else 4614 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4615 return true; 4616} 4617 4618TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4619 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4620 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4621 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4622 SourceLocation(), 4623 SourceLocation(), 4624 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4625 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4626 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4627} 4628 4629// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4630// typedef <type> BOOL; 4631static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4632 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4633 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4634 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4635 4636 return false; 4637} 4638 4639/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4640/// purpose. 4641CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4642 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4643 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4644 4645 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4646 4647 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4648 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4649 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4650 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4651 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4652 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4653 return sz; 4654} 4655 4656static inline 4657std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4658 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4659} 4660 4661/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4662/// declaration. 4663std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4664 std::string S; 4665 4666 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4667 QualType BlockTy = 4668 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4669 // Encode result type. 4670 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4671 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4672 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4673 S, true /*Extended*/); 4674 else 4675 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4676 S); 4677 // Compute size of all parameters. 4678 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4679 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4680 SourceLocation Loc; 4681 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4682 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4683 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4684 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4685 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4686 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4687 if (sz.isZero()) 4688 continue; 4689 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4690 ParmOffset += sz; 4691 } 4692 // Size of the argument frame 4693 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4694 // Block pointer and offset. 4695 S += "@?0"; 4696 4697 // Argument types. 4698 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4699 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4700 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4701 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4702 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4703 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4704 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4705 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4706 // elements. 4707 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4708 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4709 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4710 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4711 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4712 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4713 S, true /*Extended*/); 4714 else 4715 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4716 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4717 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4718 } 4719 4720 return S; 4721} 4722 4723bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4724 std::string& S) { 4725 // Encode result type. 4726 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4727 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4728 // Compute size of all parameters. 4729 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4730 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4731 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4732 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4733 if (sz.isZero()) 4734 continue; 4735 4736 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4737 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4738 ParmOffset += sz; 4739 } 4740 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4741 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4742 4743 // Argument types. 4744 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4745 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4746 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4747 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4748 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4749 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4750 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4751 // elements. 4752 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4753 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4754 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4755 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4756 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4757 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4758 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4759 } 4760 4761 return false; 4762} 4763 4764/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4765/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4766/// block object types. 4767void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4768 QualType T, std::string& S, 4769 bool Extended) const { 4770 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4771 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4772 // Encode parameter type. 4773 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4774 true /*OutermostType*/, 4775 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4776 false /*StructField*/, 4777 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4778 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4779} 4780 4781/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4782/// declaration. 4783bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4784 std::string& S, 4785 bool Extended) const { 4786 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4787 // Encode return type. 4788 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4789 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4790 // Compute size of all parameters. 4791 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4792 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4793 SourceLocation Loc; 4794 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4795 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4796 // their size. 4797 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4798 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4799 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4800 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4801 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4802 if (sz.isZero()) 4803 continue; 4804 4805 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4806 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4807 ParmOffset += sz; 4808 } 4809 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4810 S += "@0:"; 4811 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4812 4813 // Argument types. 4814 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4815 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4816 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4817 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4818 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4819 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4820 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4821 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4822 // elements. 4823 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4824 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4825 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4826 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4827 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4828 PType, S, Extended); 4829 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4830 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4831 } 4832 4833 return false; 4834} 4835 4836/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4837/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4838/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4839/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4840/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4841/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4842/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4843/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4844/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4845/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4846/// @code 4847/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4848/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4849/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4850/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4851/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4852/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4853/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4854/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4855/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4856/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4857/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4858/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4859/// }; 4860/// @endcode 4861void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4862 const Decl *Container, 4863 std::string& S) const { 4864 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4865 bool Dynamic = false; 4866 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4867 4868 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4869 if (Container) { 4870 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4871 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4872 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4873 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4874 i != e; ++i) { 4875 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4876 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4877 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4878 Dynamic = true; 4879 } else { 4880 SynthesizePID = PID; 4881 } 4882 } 4883 } 4884 } else { 4885 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4886 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4887 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4888 i != e; ++i) { 4889 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4890 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4891 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4892 Dynamic = true; 4893 } else { 4894 SynthesizePID = PID; 4895 } 4896 } 4897 } 4898 } 4899 } 4900 4901 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4902 S = "T"; 4903 4904 // Encode result type. 4905 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4906 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4907 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4908 true /* outermost type */, 4909 true /* encoding for property */); 4910 4911 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4912 S += ",R"; 4913 } else { 4914 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4915 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4916 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4917 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4918 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4919 } 4920 } 4921 4922 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4923 // are "dynamic by default". 4924 if (Dynamic) 4925 S += ",D"; 4926 4927 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4928 S += ",N"; 4929 4930 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4931 S += ",G"; 4932 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4933 } 4934 4935 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4936 S += ",S"; 4937 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4938 } 4939 4940 if (SynthesizePID) { 4941 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4942 S += ",V"; 4943 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4944 } 4945 4946 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4947} 4948 4949/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4950/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4951/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4952/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4953/// 4954void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4955 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4956 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4957 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4958 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4959 else 4960 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4961 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4962 } 4963 } 4964} 4965 4966void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4967 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4968 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4969 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4970 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4971 // same type. 4972 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4973 true /* outermost type */); 4974} 4975 4976static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 4977 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 4978 switch (kind) { 4979 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4980 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4981 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4982 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4983 case BuiltinType::Char16: 4984 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4985 case BuiltinType::Char32: 4986 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4987 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4988 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4989 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4990 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4991 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4992 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4993 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4994 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4995 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4996 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4997 case BuiltinType::Long: 4998 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4999 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5000 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5001 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5002 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5003 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5004 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5005 5006 case BuiltinType::Half: 5007 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5008 return ' '; 5009 5010 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5011 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5012 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5013 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5014 5015 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5016 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5017 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5018 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5019 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5020 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5021 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5022 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5023 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5024 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5025#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5026#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5027 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5028#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5029 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5030 } 5031 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5032} 5033 5034static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5035 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5036 5037 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5038 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5039 return 'i'; 5040 5041 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5042 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5043 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5044} 5045 5046static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5047 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5048 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5049 S += 'b'; 5050 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5051 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5052 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5053 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5054 // 5055 // struct 5056 // { 5057 // int integer; 5058 // int flags:2; 5059 // }; 5060 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5061 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5062 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5063 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5064 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5065 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5066 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5067 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5068 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5069 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5070 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5071 else { 5072 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5073 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5074 } 5075 } 5076 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5077} 5078 5079// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5080void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5081 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5082 bool ExpandStructures, 5083 const FieldDecl *FD, 5084 bool OutermostType, 5085 bool EncodingProperty, 5086 bool StructField, 5087 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5088 bool EncodeClassNames, 5089 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5090 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5091 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5092 case Type::Builtin: 5093 case Type::Enum: 5094 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5095 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5096 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5097 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5098 else 5099 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5100 return; 5101 5102 case Type::Complex: { 5103 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5104 S += 'j'; 5105 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5106 false); 5107 return; 5108 } 5109 5110 case Type::Atomic: { 5111 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5112 S += 'A'; 5113 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5114 false, false); 5115 return; 5116 } 5117 5118 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5119 case Type::Pointer: 5120 case Type::LValueReference: 5121 case Type::RValueReference: { 5122 QualType PointeeTy; 5123 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5124 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5125 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5126 S += ':'; 5127 return; 5128 } 5129 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5130 } else { 5131 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5132 } 5133 5134 bool isReadOnly = false; 5135 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5136 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5137 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5138 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5139 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5140 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5141 isReadOnly = true; 5142 S += 'r'; 5143 } 5144 } else if (OutermostType) { 5145 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5146 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5147 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5148 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5149 isReadOnly = true; 5150 S += 'r'; 5151 } 5152 } 5153 if (isReadOnly) { 5154 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5155 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5156 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5157 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5158 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5159 } 5160 5161 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5162 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5163 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5164 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5165 S += '*'; 5166 return; 5167 } 5168 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5169 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5170 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5171 S += '#'; 5172 return; 5173 } 5174 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5175 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5176 S += '@'; 5177 return; 5178 } 5179 // fall through... 5180 } 5181 S += '^'; 5182 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5183 5184 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5185 NULL); 5186 return; 5187 } 5188 5189 case Type::ConstantArray: 5190 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5191 case Type::VariableArray: { 5192 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5193 5194 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5195 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5196 S += '^'; 5197 5198 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5199 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5200 } else { 5201 S += '['; 5202 5203 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 5204 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 5205 S += '0'; 5206 else 5207 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5208 } else { 5209 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5210 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5211 "Unknown array type!"); 5212 S += '0'; 5213 } 5214 5215 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5216 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5217 S += ']'; 5218 } 5219 return; 5220 } 5221 5222 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5223 case Type::FunctionProto: 5224 S += '?'; 5225 return; 5226 5227 case Type::Record: { 5228 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5229 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5230 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5231 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5232 S += II->getName(); 5233 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5234 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5235 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5236 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5237 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5238 TemplateArgs.data(), 5239 TemplateArgs.size(), 5240 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5241 } 5242 } else { 5243 S += '?'; 5244 } 5245 if (ExpandStructures) { 5246 S += '='; 5247 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5248 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5249 } else { 5250 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5251 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5252 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5253 if (FD) { 5254 S += '"'; 5255 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5256 S += '"'; 5257 } 5258 5259 // Special case bit-fields. 5260 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5261 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5262 *Field); 5263 } else { 5264 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5265 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5266 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5267 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5268 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5269 /*StructField*/true); 5270 } 5271 } 5272 } 5273 } 5274 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5275 return; 5276 } 5277 5278 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5279 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5280 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5281 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5282 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5283 5284 S += '<'; 5285 // Block return type 5286 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5287 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5288 FD, 5289 false /* OutermostType */, 5290 EncodingProperty, 5291 false /* StructField */, 5292 EncodeBlockParameters, 5293 EncodeClassNames); 5294 // Block self 5295 S += "@?"; 5296 // Block parameters 5297 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5298 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5299 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5300 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5301 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5302 ExpandStructures, 5303 FD, 5304 false /* OutermostType */, 5305 EncodingProperty, 5306 false /* StructField */, 5307 EncodeBlockParameters, 5308 EncodeClassNames); 5309 } 5310 } 5311 S += '>'; 5312 } 5313 return; 5314 } 5315 5316 case Type::ObjCObject: 5317 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5318 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5319 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5320 5321 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5322 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5323 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5324 // @encode(class_name) 5325 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5326 S += '{'; 5327 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5328 S += II->getName(); 5329 S += '='; 5330 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5331 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5332 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5333 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5334 if (Field->isBitField()) 5335 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5336 else 5337 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5338 false, false, false, false, false, 5339 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5340 } 5341 S += '}'; 5342 return; 5343 } 5344 5345 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5346 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5347 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5348 S += '@'; 5349 return; 5350 } 5351 5352 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5353 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5354 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5355 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5356 S += '#'; 5357 return; 5358 } 5359 5360 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5361 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5362 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5363 ExpandStructures, FD); 5364 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5365 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5366 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5367 S += '"'; 5368 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5369 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5370 S += '<'; 5371 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5372 S += '>'; 5373 } 5374 S += '"'; 5375 } 5376 return; 5377 } 5378 5379 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5380 if (!EncodingProperty && 5381 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5382 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5383 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5384 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5385 // {...}; 5386 S += '^'; 5387 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5388 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5389 NULL, 5390 false, false, false, false, false, 5391 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5392 return; 5393 } 5394 5395 S += '@'; 5396 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5397 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5398 S += '"'; 5399 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5400 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5401 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5402 S += '<'; 5403 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5404 S += '>'; 5405 } 5406 S += '"'; 5407 } 5408 return; 5409 } 5410 5411 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5412 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5413 case Type::MemberPointer: 5414 return; 5415 5416 case Type::Vector: 5417 case Type::ExtVector: 5418 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5419 // insufficient. 5420 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5421 return; 5422 5423 case Type::Auto: 5424 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5425 // Just ignore it. 5426 return; 5427 5428#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5429#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5430#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5431 case Type::KIND: 5432#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5433 case Type::KIND: 5434#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5435 case Type::KIND: 5436#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5437 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5438 } 5439 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5440} 5441 5442void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5443 std::string &S, 5444 const FieldDecl *FD, 5445 bool includeVBases) const { 5446 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5447 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5448 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5449 return; 5450 5451 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5452 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5453 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5454 5455 if (CXXRec) { 5456 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5457 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5458 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5459 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5460 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5461 if (base->isEmpty()) 5462 continue; 5463 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5464 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5465 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5466 } 5467 } 5468 } 5469 5470 unsigned i = 0; 5471 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5472 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5473 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5474 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5475 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5476 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5477 } 5478 5479 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5480 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5481 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5482 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5483 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5484 if (base->isEmpty()) 5485 continue; 5486 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5487 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5488 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5489 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5490 } 5491 } 5492 5493 CharUnits size; 5494 if (CXXRec) { 5495 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5496 } else { 5497 size = layout.getSize(); 5498 } 5499 5500 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5501 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5502 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5503 5504 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5505 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5506 if (FD) { 5507 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5508 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5509 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5510 S += recname; 5511 S += '"'; 5512 } 5513 S += "^^?"; 5514 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5515 } 5516 5517 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5518 // Mark the end of the structure. 5519 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5520 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5521 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5522 } 5523 5524 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5525 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5526 5527 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5528 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5529 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5530 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5531 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5532 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5533 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5534 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5535 // longer then though. 5536 CurOffs += padding; 5537 } 5538 5539 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5540 if (dcl == 0) 5541 break; // reached end of structure. 5542 5543 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5544 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5545 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5546 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5547 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5548 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5549 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5550 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5551 } else { 5552 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5553 if (FD) { 5554 S += '"'; 5555 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5556 S += '"'; 5557 } 5558 5559 if (field->isBitField()) { 5560 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5561 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5562 } else { 5563 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5564 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5565 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5566 /*OutermostType*/false, 5567 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5568 /*StructField*/true); 5569 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5570 } 5571 } 5572 } 5573} 5574 5575void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5576 std::string& S) const { 5577 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5578 S += 'n'; 5579 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5580 S += 'N'; 5581 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5582 S += 'o'; 5583 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5584 S += 'O'; 5585 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5586 S += 'R'; 5587 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5588 S += 'V'; 5589} 5590 5591TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5592 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5593 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5594 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5595 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5596 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5597 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5598 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5599 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5600 } 5601 5602 return ObjCIdDecl; 5603} 5604 5605TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5606 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5607 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5608 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5609 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5610 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5611 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5612 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5613 } 5614 return ObjCSelDecl; 5615} 5616 5617TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5618 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5619 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5620 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5621 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5622 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5623 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5624 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5625 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5626 } 5627 5628 return ObjCClassDecl; 5629} 5630 5631ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5632 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5633 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5634 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5635 SourceLocation(), 5636 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5637 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5638 SourceLocation(), true); 5639 } 5640 5641 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5642} 5643 5644//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5645// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5646//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5647 5648static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5649 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5650 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5651 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5652 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5653 5654 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5655 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5656 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5657 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5658 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5659 TInfo); 5660 return VaListTypeDecl; 5661} 5662 5663static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5664 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5665 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5666 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5667 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5668 5669 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5670 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5671 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5672 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5673 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5674 TInfo); 5675 return VaListTypeDecl; 5676} 5677 5678static TypedefDecl * 5679CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5680 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5681 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5682 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5683 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5684 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5685 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5686 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5687 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5688 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5689 5690 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5691 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5692 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5693 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5694 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5695 } else { 5696 // struct __va_list 5697 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5698 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5699 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5700 } 5701 5702 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5703 5704 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5705 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5706 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5707 5708 // void *__stack; 5709 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5710 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5711 5712 // void *__gr_top; 5713 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5714 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5715 5716 // void *__vr_top; 5717 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5718 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5719 5720 // int __gr_offs; 5721 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5722 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5723 5724 // int __vr_offs; 5725 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5726 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5727 5728 // Create fields 5729 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5730 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5731 VaListTagDecl, 5732 SourceLocation(), 5733 SourceLocation(), 5734 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5735 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5736 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5737 /*Mutable=*/false, 5738 ICIS_NoInit); 5739 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5740 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5741 } 5742 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5743 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5744 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5745 5746 // } __builtin_va_list; 5747 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5748 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5749 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5750 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5751 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5752 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5753 5754 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5755} 5756 5757static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5758 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5759 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5760 5761 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5762 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5763 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5764 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5765 5766 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5767 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5768 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5769 5770 // unsigned char gpr; 5771 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5772 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5773 5774 // unsigned char fpr; 5775 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5776 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5777 5778 // unsigned short reserved; 5779 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5780 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5781 5782 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5783 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5784 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5785 5786 // void* reg_save_area; 5787 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5788 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5789 5790 // Create fields 5791 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5792 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5793 SourceLocation(), 5794 SourceLocation(), 5795 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5796 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5797 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5798 /*Mutable=*/false, 5799 ICIS_NoInit); 5800 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5801 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5802 } 5803 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5804 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5805 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5806 5807 // } __va_list_tag; 5808 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5809 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5810 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5811 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5812 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5813 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5814 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5815 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5816 5817 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5818 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5819 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5820 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5821 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5822 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5823 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5824 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5825 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5826 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5827 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5828 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5829 TInfo); 5830 5831 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5832} 5833 5834static TypedefDecl * 5835CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5836 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5837 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5838 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5839 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5840 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5841 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5842 5843 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5844 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5845 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5846 5847 // unsigned gp_offset; 5848 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5849 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5850 5851 // unsigned fp_offset; 5852 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5853 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5854 5855 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5856 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5857 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5858 5859 // void* reg_save_area; 5860 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5861 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5862 5863 // Create fields 5864 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5865 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5866 VaListTagDecl, 5867 SourceLocation(), 5868 SourceLocation(), 5869 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5870 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5871 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5872 /*Mutable=*/false, 5873 ICIS_NoInit); 5874 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5875 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5876 } 5877 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5878 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5879 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5880 5881 // } __va_list_tag; 5882 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5883 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5884 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5885 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5886 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5887 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5888 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5889 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5890 5891 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5892 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5893 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5894 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5895 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5896 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5897 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5898 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5899 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5900 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5901 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5902 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5903 TInfo); 5904 5905 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5906} 5907 5908static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5909 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5910 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5911 QualType IntArrayType 5912 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5913 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5914 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5915 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5916 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5917 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5918 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5919 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5920 5921 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5922} 5923 5924static TypedefDecl * 5925CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5926 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5927 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5928 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5929 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5930 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5931 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5932 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5933 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5934 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5935 5936 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5937 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5938 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5939 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5940 5941 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5942 5943 } else { 5944 // struct __va_list { 5945 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5946 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5947 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5948 } 5949 5950 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5951 5952 // void * __ap; 5953 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5954 VaListDecl, 5955 SourceLocation(), 5956 SourceLocation(), 5957 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5958 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5959 /*TInfo=*/0, 5960 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5961 /*Mutable=*/false, 5962 ICIS_NoInit); 5963 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5964 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5965 5966 // }; 5967 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5968 5969 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5970 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5971 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5972 5973 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5974 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5975 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5976 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5977 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5978 TInfo); 5979 5980 return VaListTypeDecl; 5981} 5982 5983static TypedefDecl * 5984CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5985 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5986 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5987 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5988 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5989 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5990 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5991 5992 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5993 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5994 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5995 5996 // long __gpr; 5997 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 5998 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 5999 6000 // long __fpr; 6001 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6002 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6003 6004 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6005 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6006 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6007 6008 // void *__reg_save_area; 6009 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6010 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6011 6012 // Create fields 6013 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6014 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6015 VaListTagDecl, 6016 SourceLocation(), 6017 SourceLocation(), 6018 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6019 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6020 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6021 /*Mutable=*/false, 6022 ICIS_NoInit); 6023 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6024 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6025 } 6026 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6027 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6028 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6029 6030 // } __va_list_tag; 6031 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6032 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6033 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6034 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6035 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6036 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6037 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6038 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6039 6040 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6041 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6042 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6043 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6044 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6045 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6046 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6047 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6048 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6049 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6050 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6051 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6052 TInfo); 6053 6054 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6055} 6056 6057static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6058 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6059 switch (Kind) { 6060 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6061 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6062 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6063 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6064 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6065 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6066 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6067 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6068 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6069 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6070 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6071 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6072 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6073 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6074 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6075 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6076 } 6077 6078 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6079} 6080 6081TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6082 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6083 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6084 6085 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6086} 6087 6088QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6089 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6090 // declaration. 6091 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6092 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6093 6094 return VaListTagTy; 6095} 6096 6097void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6098 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6099 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6100 6101 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6102} 6103 6104/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6105/// lookup. 6106TemplateName 6107ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6108 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6109 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6110 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6111 6112 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6113 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6114 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6115 6116 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6117 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6118 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6119 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6120 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6121 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6122 *Storage++ = D; 6123 } 6124 6125 return TemplateName(OT); 6126} 6127 6128/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6129/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6130TemplateName 6131ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6132 bool TemplateKeyword, 6133 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6134 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6135 6136 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6137 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6138 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6139 6140 void *InsertPos = 0; 6141 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6142 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6143 if (!QTN) { 6144 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6145 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6146 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6147 } 6148 6149 return TemplateName(QTN); 6150} 6151 6152/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6153/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6154TemplateName 6155ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6156 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6157 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6158 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6159 6160 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6161 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6162 6163 void *InsertPos = 0; 6164 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6165 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6166 6167 if (QTN) 6168 return TemplateName(QTN); 6169 6170 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6171 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6172 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6173 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6174 } else { 6175 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6176 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6177 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6178 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6179 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6180 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6181 (void)CheckQTN; 6182 } 6183 6184 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6185 return TemplateName(QTN); 6186} 6187 6188/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6189/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6190TemplateName 6191ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6192 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6193 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6194 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6195 6196 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6197 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6198 6199 void *InsertPos = 0; 6200 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6201 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6202 6203 if (QTN) 6204 return TemplateName(QTN); 6205 6206 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6207 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6208 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6209 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6210 } else { 6211 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6212 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6213 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6214 6215 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6216 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6217 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6218 (void)CheckQTN; 6219 } 6220 6221 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6222 return TemplateName(QTN); 6223} 6224 6225TemplateName 6226ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6227 TemplateName replacement) const { 6228 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6229 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6230 6231 void *insertPos = 0; 6232 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6233 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6234 6235 if (!subst) { 6236 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6237 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6238 } 6239 6240 return TemplateName(subst); 6241} 6242 6243TemplateName 6244ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6245 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6246 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6247 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6248 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6249 6250 void *InsertPos = 0; 6251 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6252 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6253 6254 if (!Subst) { 6255 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6256 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6257 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6258 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6259 } 6260 6261 return TemplateName(Subst); 6262} 6263 6264/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6265/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6266/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6267CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6268 switch (Type) { 6269 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6270 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6271 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6272 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6273 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6274 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6275 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6276 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6277 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6278 } 6279 6280 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6281} 6282 6283//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6284// Type Predicates. 6285//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6286 6287/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6288/// garbage collection attribute. 6289/// 6290Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6291 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6292 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6293 6294 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6295 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6296 6297 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6298 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6299 // as __strong. 6300 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6301 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6302 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6303 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6304 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6305 } else { 6306 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6307 // pointer. 6308#ifndef NDEBUG 6309 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6310 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6311 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6312 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6313#endif 6314 } 6315 return GCAttrs; 6316} 6317 6318//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6319// Type Compatibility Testing 6320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6321 6322/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6323/// compatible. 6324static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6325 const VectorType *RHS) { 6326 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6327 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6328 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6329} 6330 6331bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6332 QualType SecondVec) { 6333 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6334 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6335 6336 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6337 return true; 6338 6339 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6340 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6341 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6342 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6343 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6344 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6345 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6346 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6347 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6348 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6349 return true; 6350 6351 return false; 6352} 6353 6354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6355// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6357 6358/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6359/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6360bool 6361ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6362 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6363 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6364 return true; 6365 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6366 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6367 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6368 return true; 6369 return false; 6370} 6371 6372/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6373/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6374/// otherwise. 6375bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6376 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6377 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6378 return false; 6379} 6380 6381/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6382/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6383bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6384 QualType rhs) { 6385 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6386 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6387 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6388 6389 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6390 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6391 bool match = false; 6392 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6393 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6394 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6395 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6396 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6397 match = true; 6398 break; 6399 } 6400 } 6401 if (!match) 6402 return false; 6403 } 6404 return true; 6405} 6406 6407/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6408/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6409bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6410 bool compare) { 6411 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6412 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6413 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6414 return true; 6415 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6416 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6417 return true; 6418 6419 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6420 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6421 6422 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6423 6424 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6425 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6426 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6427 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6428 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6429 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6430 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6431 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6432 // through its super class and categories. 6433 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6434 return false; 6435 } 6436 } 6437 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6438 return true; 6439 } 6440 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6441 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6442 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6443 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6444 bool match = false; 6445 6446 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6447 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6448 // through its super class and categories. 6449 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6450 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6451 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6452 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6453 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6454 match = true; 6455 break; 6456 } 6457 } 6458 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6459 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6460 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6461 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6462 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6463 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6464 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6465 // through its super class and categories. 6466 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6467 match = true; 6468 break; 6469 } 6470 } 6471 } 6472 if (!match) 6473 return false; 6474 } 6475 6476 return true; 6477 } 6478 6479 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6480 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6481 6482 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6483 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6484 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6485 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6486 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6487 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6488 bool match = false; 6489 6490 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6491 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6492 // through its super class and categories. 6493 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6494 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6495 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6496 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6497 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6498 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6499 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6500 match = true; 6501 break; 6502 } 6503 } 6504 if (!match) 6505 return false; 6506 } 6507 6508 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6509 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6510 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6511 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6512 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6513 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6514 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6515 // assume that it is mismatch. 6516 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6517 return false; 6518 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6519 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6520 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6521 bool match = false; 6522 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6523 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6524 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6525 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6526 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6527 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6528 match = true; 6529 break; 6530 } 6531 } 6532 if (!match) 6533 return false; 6534 } 6535 } 6536 return true; 6537 } 6538 return false; 6539} 6540 6541/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6542/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6543/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6544/// 6545bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6546 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6547 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6548 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6549 6550 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6551 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6552 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6553 return true; 6554 6555 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6556 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6557 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6558 false); 6559 6560 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6561 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6562 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6563 6564 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6565 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6566 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6567 6568 return false; 6569} 6570 6571/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6572/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6573/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6574/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6575/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6576bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6577 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6578 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6579 bool BlockReturnType) { 6580 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6581 return true; 6582 6583 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6584 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6585 } 6586 6587 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6588 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6589 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6590 false); 6591 6592 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6593 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6594 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6595 if (LHS != RHS) { 6596 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6597 return BlockReturnType; 6598 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6599 return !BlockReturnType; 6600 } 6601 else 6602 return true; 6603 } 6604 return false; 6605} 6606 6607/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6608/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6609/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6610/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6611static 6612void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6613 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6614 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6615 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6616 6617 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6618 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6619 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6620 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6621 6622 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6623 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6624 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6625 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6626 else { 6627 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6628 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6629 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6630 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6631 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6632 } 6633 6634 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6635 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6636 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6637 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6638 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6639 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6640 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6641 } else { 6642 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6643 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6644 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6645 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6646 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6647 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6648 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6649 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6650 } 6651} 6652 6653/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6654/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6655/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6656/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6657QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6658 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6659 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6660 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6661 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6662 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6663 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6664 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6665 return QualType(); 6666 6667 do { 6668 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6669 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6670 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6671 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6672 6673 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6674 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6675 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6676 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6677 return Result; 6678 } 6679 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6680 6681 return QualType(); 6682} 6683 6684bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6685 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6686 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6687 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6688 6689 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6690 // the LHS. 6691 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6692 return false; 6693 6694 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6695 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6696 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6697 return true; 6698 6699 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6700 // more detailed analysis is required. 6701 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6702 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6703 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6704 // false otherwise. 6705 bool IsSuperClass = 6706 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6707 if (IsSuperClass) { 6708 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6709 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6710 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6711 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6712 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6713 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6714 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6715 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6716 return false; 6717 6718 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6719 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6720 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6721 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6722 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6723 6724 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6725 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6726 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6727 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6728 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6729 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6730 break; 6731 } 6732 } 6733 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6734 return false; 6735 } 6736 return true; 6737 } 6738 return false; 6739 } 6740 6741 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6742 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6743 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6744 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6745 6746 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6747 // are incompatible. 6748 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6749 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6750 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6751 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6752 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6753 break; 6754 } 6755 } 6756 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6757 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6758 return false; 6759 } 6760 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6761 return true; 6762} 6763 6764bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6765 // get the "pointed to" types 6766 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6767 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6768 6769 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6770 return false; 6771 6772 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6773 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6774} 6775 6776bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6777 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6778 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6779 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6780} 6781 6782/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6783/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6784/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6785/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6786bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6787 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6788 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6789 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6790 6791 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6792} 6793 6794bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6795 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6796} 6797 6798bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6799 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6800} 6801 6802/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6803/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6804/// QualType() 6805QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6806 bool OfBlockPointer, 6807 bool Unqualified) { 6808 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6809 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6810 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6811 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6812 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6813 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6814 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6815 if (!MT.isNull()) 6816 return MT; 6817 } 6818 } 6819 } 6820 6821 return QualType(); 6822} 6823 6824/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6825/// argument types 6826QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6827 bool OfBlockPointer, 6828 bool Unqualified) { 6829 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6830 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6831 // type is compatible with a union member 6832 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6833 Unqualified); 6834 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6835 return lmerge; 6836 6837 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6838 Unqualified); 6839 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6840 return rmerge; 6841 6842 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6843} 6844 6845QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6846 bool OfBlockPointer, 6847 bool Unqualified) { 6848 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6849 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6850 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6851 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6852 bool allLTypes = true; 6853 bool allRTypes = true; 6854 6855 // Check return type 6856 QualType retType; 6857 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6858 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6859 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6860 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6861 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6862 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6863 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6864 } 6865 else 6866 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6867 Unqualified); 6868 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6869 6870 if (Unqualified) 6871 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6872 6873 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6874 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6875 if (Unqualified) { 6876 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6877 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6878 } 6879 6880 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6881 allLTypes = false; 6882 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6883 allRTypes = false; 6884 6885 // FIXME: double check this 6886 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6887 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6888 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6889 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6890 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6891 6892 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6893 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6894 return QualType(); 6895 6896 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6897 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6898 return QualType(); 6899 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6900 return QualType(); 6901 6902 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6903 return QualType(); 6904 6905 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6906 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6907 6908 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6909 allLTypes = false; 6910 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6911 allRTypes = false; 6912 6913 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6914 6915 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6916 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6917 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6918 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6919 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6920 6921 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6922 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6923 return QualType(); 6924 6925 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6926 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6927 return QualType(); 6928 6929 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6930 return QualType(); 6931 6932 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6933 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6934 return QualType(); 6935 6936 // Check argument compatibility 6937 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6938 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6939 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6940 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6941 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6942 OfBlockPointer, 6943 Unqualified); 6944 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6945 6946 if (Unqualified) 6947 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6948 6949 types.push_back(argtype); 6950 if (Unqualified) { 6951 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6952 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6953 } 6954 6955 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6956 allLTypes = false; 6957 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6958 allRTypes = false; 6959 } 6960 6961 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6962 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6963 6964 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6965 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6966 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 6967 } 6968 6969 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6970 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6971 6972 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6973 if (proto) { 6974 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6975 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6976 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6977 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6978 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6979 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6980 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6981 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6982 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6983 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6984 6985 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 6986 // to pass enum values. 6987 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6988 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6989 if (argTy.isNull()) 6990 return QualType(); 6991 } 6992 6993 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6994 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6995 return QualType(); 6996 } 6997 6998 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6999 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7000 7001 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7002 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7003 return getFunctionType(retType, 7004 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(), 7005 proto->getNumArgs()), 7006 EPI); 7007 } 7008 7009 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7010 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7011 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7012} 7013 7014/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7015static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7016 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7017 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7018 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7019 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7020 // type. 7021 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7022 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7023 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7024 return other; 7025 7026 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7027 // integral type of the same size. 7028 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7029 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7030 return other; 7031 7032 return QualType(); 7033} 7034 7035QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7036 bool OfBlockPointer, 7037 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7038 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7039 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7040 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7041 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7042 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7043 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7044 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7045 7046 if (Unqualified) { 7047 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7048 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7049 } 7050 7051 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7052 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7053 7054 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7055 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7056 return LHS; 7057 7058 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7059 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7060 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7061 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7062 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7063 // mismatch. 7064 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7065 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7066 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7067 return QualType(); 7068 7069 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7070 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7071 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7072 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7073 // qualified __strong. 7074 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7075 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7076 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7077 7078 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7079 return QualType(); 7080 7081 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7082 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7083 } 7084 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7085 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7086 } 7087 return QualType(); 7088 } 7089 7090 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7091 7092 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7093 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7094 7095 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7096 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7097 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7098 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7099 7100 // Same as above for arrays 7101 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7102 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7103 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7104 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7105 7106 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7107 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7108 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7109 7110 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7111 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7112 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7113 7114 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7115 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7116 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7117 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7118 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7119 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7120 } 7121 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7122 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7123 } 7124 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7125 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7126 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7127 return LHS; 7128 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7129 return RHS; 7130 } 7131 7132 return QualType(); 7133 } 7134 7135 // The canonical type classes match. 7136 switch (LHSClass) { 7137#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7138#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7139#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7140#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7141#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7142#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7143 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7144 7145 case Type::Auto: 7146 case Type::LValueReference: 7147 case Type::RValueReference: 7148 case Type::MemberPointer: 7149 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7150 7151 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7152 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7153 case Type::VariableArray: 7154 case Type::FunctionProto: 7155 case Type::ExtVector: 7156 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7157 7158 case Type::Pointer: 7159 { 7160 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7161 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7162 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7163 if (Unqualified) { 7164 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7165 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7166 } 7167 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7168 Unqualified); 7169 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7170 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7171 return LHS; 7172 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7173 return RHS; 7174 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7175 } 7176 case Type::BlockPointer: 7177 { 7178 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7179 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7180 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7181 if (Unqualified) { 7182 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7183 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7184 } 7185 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7186 Unqualified); 7187 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7188 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7189 return LHS; 7190 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7191 return RHS; 7192 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7193 } 7194 case Type::Atomic: 7195 { 7196 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7197 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7198 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7199 if (Unqualified) { 7200 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7201 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7202 } 7203 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7204 Unqualified); 7205 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7206 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7207 return LHS; 7208 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7209 return RHS; 7210 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7211 } 7212 case Type::ConstantArray: 7213 { 7214 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7215 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7216 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7217 return QualType(); 7218 7219 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7220 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7221 if (Unqualified) { 7222 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7223 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7224 } 7225 7226 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7227 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7228 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7229 return LHS; 7230 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7231 return RHS; 7232 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7233 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7234 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7235 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7236 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7237 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7238 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7239 return LHS; 7240 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7241 return RHS; 7242 if (LVAT) { 7243 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7244 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7245 // has to be different. 7246 return LHS; 7247 } 7248 if (RVAT) { 7249 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7250 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7251 // has to be different. 7252 return RHS; 7253 } 7254 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7255 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7256 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7257 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7258 } 7259 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7260 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7261 case Type::Record: 7262 case Type::Enum: 7263 return QualType(); 7264 case Type::Builtin: 7265 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7266 return QualType(); 7267 case Type::Complex: 7268 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7269 return QualType(); 7270 case Type::Vector: 7271 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7272 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7273 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7274 return LHS; 7275 return QualType(); 7276 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7277 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7278 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7279 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7280 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7281 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7282 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7283 return LHS; 7284 7285 return QualType(); 7286 } 7287 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7288 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7289 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7290 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7291 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7292 BlockReturnType)) 7293 return LHS; 7294 return QualType(); 7295 } 7296 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7297 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7298 return LHS; 7299 7300 return QualType(); 7301 } 7302 } 7303 7304 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7305} 7306 7307bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7308 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7309 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7310 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7311 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7312 return false; 7313 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7314 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7315 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7316 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7317 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7318 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7319 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7320 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7321 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7322 return false; 7323 } 7324 return true; 7325} 7326 7327/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7328/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7329/// return types. 7330QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7331 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7332 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7333 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7334 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7335 return LHS; 7336 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7337 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7338 return QualType(); 7339 QualType OldReturnType = 7340 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7341 QualType NewReturnType = 7342 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7343 QualType ResReturnType = 7344 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7345 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7346 return QualType(); 7347 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7348 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7349 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7350 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7351 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7352 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7353 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7354 QualType ResultType 7355 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, 7356 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7357 FPT->getNumArgs()), 7358 EPI); 7359 return ResultType; 7360 } 7361 } 7362 return QualType(); 7363 } 7364 7365 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7366 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7367 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7368 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7369 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7370 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7371 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7372 return QualType(); 7373 7374 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7375 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7376 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7377 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7378 // qualified __strong. 7379 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7380 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7381 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7382 7383 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7384 return QualType(); 7385 7386 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7387 return LHS; 7388 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7389 return RHS; 7390 return QualType(); 7391 } 7392 7393 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7394 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7395 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7396 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7397 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7398 return LHS; 7399 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7400 return RHS; 7401 } 7402 return QualType(); 7403} 7404 7405//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7406// Integer Predicates 7407//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7408 7409unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7410 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7411 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7412 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7413 return 1; 7414 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7415 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7416} 7417 7418QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7419 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7420 7421 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7422 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7423 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7424 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7425 7426 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7427 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7428 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7429 7430 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7431 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7432 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7433 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7434 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7435 return UnsignedCharTy; 7436 case BuiltinType::Short: 7437 return UnsignedShortTy; 7438 case BuiltinType::Int: 7439 return UnsignedIntTy; 7440 case BuiltinType::Long: 7441 return UnsignedLongTy; 7442 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7443 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7444 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7445 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7446 default: 7447 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7448 } 7449} 7450 7451ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7452 7453 7454//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7455// Builtin Type Computation 7456//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7457 7458/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7459/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7460/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7461/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7462/// a vector of "i*". 7463/// 7464/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7465/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7466static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7467 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7468 bool &RequiresICE, 7469 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7470 // Modifiers. 7471 int HowLong = 0; 7472 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7473 RequiresICE = false; 7474 7475 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7476 bool Done = false; 7477 while (!Done) { 7478 switch (*Str++) { 7479 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7480 case 'I': 7481 RequiresICE = true; 7482 break; 7483 case 'S': 7484 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7485 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7486 Signed = true; 7487 break; 7488 case 'U': 7489 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7490 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7491 Unsigned = true; 7492 break; 7493 case 'L': 7494 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7495 ++HowLong; 7496 break; 7497 } 7498 } 7499 7500 QualType Type; 7501 7502 // Read the base type. 7503 switch (*Str++) { 7504 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7505 case 'v': 7506 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7507 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7508 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7509 break; 7510 case 'f': 7511 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7512 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7513 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7514 break; 7515 case 'd': 7516 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7517 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7518 if (HowLong) 7519 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7520 else 7521 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7522 break; 7523 case 's': 7524 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7525 if (Unsigned) 7526 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7527 else 7528 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7529 break; 7530 case 'i': 7531 if (HowLong == 3) 7532 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7533 else if (HowLong == 2) 7534 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7535 else if (HowLong == 1) 7536 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7537 else 7538 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7539 break; 7540 case 'c': 7541 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7542 if (Signed) 7543 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7544 else if (Unsigned) 7545 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7546 else 7547 Type = Context.CharTy; 7548 break; 7549 case 'b': // boolean 7550 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7551 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7552 break; 7553 case 'z': // size_t. 7554 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7555 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7556 break; 7557 case 'F': 7558 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7559 break; 7560 case 'G': 7561 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7562 break; 7563 case 'H': 7564 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7565 break; 7566 case 'M': 7567 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7568 break; 7569 case 'a': 7570 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7571 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7572 break; 7573 case 'A': 7574 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7575 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7576 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7577 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7578 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7579 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7580 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7581 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7582 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7583 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7584 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7585 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7586 else 7587 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7588 break; 7589 case 'V': { 7590 char *End; 7591 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7592 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7593 Str = End; 7594 7595 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7596 RequiresICE, false); 7597 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7598 7599 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7600 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7601 VectorType::GenericVector); 7602 break; 7603 } 7604 case 'E': { 7605 char *End; 7606 7607 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7608 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7609 7610 Str = End; 7611 7612 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7613 false); 7614 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7615 break; 7616 } 7617 case 'X': { 7618 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7619 false); 7620 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7621 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7622 break; 7623 } 7624 case 'Y' : { 7625 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7626 break; 7627 } 7628 case 'P': 7629 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7630 if (Type.isNull()) { 7631 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7632 return QualType(); 7633 } 7634 break; 7635 case 'J': 7636 if (Signed) 7637 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7638 else 7639 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7640 7641 if (Type.isNull()) { 7642 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7643 return QualType(); 7644 } 7645 break; 7646 case 'K': 7647 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7648 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7649 7650 if (Type.isNull()) { 7651 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7652 return QualType(); 7653 } 7654 break; 7655 case 'p': 7656 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7657 break; 7658 } 7659 7660 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7661 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7662 while (!Done) { 7663 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7664 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7665 case '*': 7666 case '&': { 7667 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7668 // qualified with an address space. 7669 char *End; 7670 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7671 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7672 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7673 Str = End; 7674 } 7675 if (c == '*') 7676 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7677 else 7678 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7679 break; 7680 } 7681 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7682 case 'C': 7683 Type = Type.withConst(); 7684 break; 7685 case 'D': 7686 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7687 break; 7688 case 'R': 7689 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7690 break; 7691 } 7692 } 7693 7694 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7695 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7696 7697 return Type; 7698} 7699 7700/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7701QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7702 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7703 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7704 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7705 7706 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7707 7708 bool RequiresICE = false; 7709 Error = GE_None; 7710 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7711 RequiresICE, true); 7712 if (Error != GE_None) 7713 return QualType(); 7714 7715 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7716 7717 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7718 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7719 if (Error != GE_None) 7720 return QualType(); 7721 7722 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7723 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7724 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7725 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7726 7727 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7728 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7729 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7730 7731 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7732 } 7733 7734 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7735 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7736 7737 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7738 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7739 7740 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7741 7742 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7743 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7744 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7745 7746 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7747 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7748 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7749 7750 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7751} 7752 7753GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7754 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7755 7756 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7757 switch (L) { 7758 case NoLinkage: 7759 case InternalLinkage: 7760 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7761 return GVA_Internal; 7762 7763 case ExternalLinkage: 7764 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7765 case TSK_Undeclared: 7766 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7767 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7768 break; 7769 7770 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7771 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7772 7773 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7774 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7775 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7776 break; 7777 } 7778 } 7779 7780 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7781 return External; 7782 7783 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7784 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7785 // externally visible. 7786 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7787 return External; 7788 7789 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7790 return GVA_C99Inline; 7791 } 7792 7793 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7794 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7795 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7796 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7797 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7798 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7799 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7800 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7801 return GVA_C99Inline; 7802 7803 return GVA_CXXInline; 7804} 7805 7806GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7807 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7808 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7809 // template. 7810 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7811 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7812 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7813 7814 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7815 7816 switch (L) { 7817 case NoLinkage: 7818 case InternalLinkage: 7819 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7820 return GVA_Internal; 7821 7822 case ExternalLinkage: 7823 switch (TSK) { 7824 case TSK_Undeclared: 7825 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7826 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7827 7828 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7829 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7830 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7831 7832 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7833 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7834 7835 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7836 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7837 } 7838 } 7839 7840 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7841} 7842 7843bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7844 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7845 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7846 return false; 7847 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7848 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7849 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7850 return false; 7851 } else 7852 return false; 7853 7854 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7855 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7856 return false; 7857 7858 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7859 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7860 return false; 7861 7862 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7863 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7864 return true; 7865 7866 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7867 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7868 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7869 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7870 7871 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7872 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7873 return true; 7874 7875 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7876 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7877 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7878 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7879 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7880 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7881 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7882 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7883 return true; 7884 } 7885 } 7886 } 7887 7888 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7889 7890 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7891 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7892 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7893 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7894 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7895 return false; 7896 return true; 7897 } 7898 7899 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7900 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7901 7902 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7903 return false; 7904 7905 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7906 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7907 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7908 return true; 7909 7910 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7911 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7912 return true; 7913 7914 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7915 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7916 return true; 7917 7918 return false; 7919} 7920 7921CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7922 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7923 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7924} 7925 7926CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7927 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7928 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7929 return CC_Default; 7930 return CC; 7931} 7932 7933bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7934 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7935 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7936} 7937 7938MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7939 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7940 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7941 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7942 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7943 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7944 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7945 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7946 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7947 } 7948 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7949} 7950 7951CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7952 7953size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7954 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7955 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7956 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7957 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7958 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7959 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7960 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7961 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7962 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7963 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7964 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7965 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7966 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7967 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7968} 7969 7970void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7971 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7972 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7973 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 7974 return; 7975 7976 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7977 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7978 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7979} 7980 7981int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7982 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7983 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7984 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7985} 7986 7987unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7988 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7989 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7990 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7991} 7992 7993 7994void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7995 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7996} 7997 7998unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7999 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8000 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8001 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8002 return I->second; 8003} 8004